br201 - montana department of transportation (mdt) web viewdesign and inspect this structure to meet...

39
TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS BINDER COPY Subdocuments TRSP.4 Urban Signs and Pavement Marking Material–General (Revised 5-9- 07) 2 TRSP.6 Disposal of Signs and Components (Applicable for City/County Only) (Initiated 1-1-03)...................................................2 TRSP.7 Traffic Control (Applicable for City/County Only (Revised 5-9- 07) 3 TRSP.9 Forest Service Signs (Revised 8-12-03).......................4 TRSP.12 Channelization Buttons (Revised 5-9-07).......................4 TRSP.13 Signal Pole Installation (For Sign Mounting) (Revised 5-9-07). 5 TRSP.14 Remove Abandoned Signs (Initiated 1-1-03).....................5 TRSP.16 Overhead Sign Structure (Use for Geotech Supplied Boring Log) (Revised 2-15-12)..........................................................6 TRSP.16a Overhead Sign Structure and Boring Log (Use for Contractor Supplied Boring Log) (Revised 2-15-12)..........................................................7 TRSP.17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)......................8 TRSP.18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)......................9 TRSP.22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03).................9 TRSP.25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9- 07) 10 TRSP.30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10).....................11 TRSP.31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood Post/Concrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)..........................................................11 TRSP.31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or “I” Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)................................................13 TRSP.35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)..........15 TRSP.36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09) TRSP.41 Preformed Plastic Tape – Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07). .19 TRSP.42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)21 TRSP.44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06).........21 TRSP.45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)...................22 Revised: 4/17/2017 Page 1 of 39

Upload: hatruc

Post on 31-Jan-2018

215 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

SubdocumentsTRSP4 Urban Signs and Pavement Marking MaterialndashGeneral (Revised 5-9-07)2

TRSP6 Disposal of Signs and Components (Applicable for CityCounty Only) (Initiated 1-1-03)2

TRSP7 Traffic Control (Applicable for CityCounty Only (Revised 5-9-07)3

TRSP9 Forest Service Signs (Revised 8-12-03)4

TRSP12 Channelization Buttons (Revised 5-9-07)4

TRSP13 Signal Pole Installation (For Sign Mounting) (Revised 5-9-07)5

TRSP14 Remove Abandoned Signs (Initiated 1-1-03)5

TRSP16 Overhead Sign Structure (Use for Geotech Supplied Boring Log)(Revised 2-15-12)6

TRSP16a Overhead Sign Structure and Boring Log (Use for Contractor Supplied Boring Log)

(Revised 2-15-12)7

TRSP17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)8

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)9

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)9

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)10

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)11

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)11

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)13

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)15

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)19

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)21

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)21

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)22

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)22

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)22

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)23

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)23

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (Added 041717)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip24

TRSP54 Panel Delineators (Added 041717)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25

TRSP55 Linear Delineation System-Concrete Barrier Rail (Added 041717)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25

TRSP56 Linear Delineation System-Guardrail (W Beam Metal Guardrail) (Added 041717)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip26

Revised 4172017 Page 1 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Revised 4172017 Page 2 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP4 Urban Signs and Pavement Marking MaterialndashGeneral (Revised 5-9-07)

1 URBAN SIGNS AND PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL-GENERAL [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract is for signing and thermoplastic pavement marking only to be delivered to the enspenspenspenspensp or the enspenspenspenspensp as described in the plans and agreements

B Materials Furnish signing materials required to fabricate and mount signs as specified in the Standard Specifications and Detailed Drawings Use soil cement furnished by the government entity to backfill all post holes for timber posts Use concrete furnished by the government entity for steel post foundations The Portland cement and concrete required to accomplish these items is provided by the governmental entity installing the signs

C Construction Requirements Provide foundations and breakaway devices for tubular steel signs as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-14 Fabricate meeting these specifications and ship prepaid to the specified shop Sign design calculations of each type of sign are included with the plans Assure that all signs are fabricated and mounting holes placed in accordance with the manual for ldquoStandard Highway Signs as Specified in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devicesrdquo published by the FHWA

D Measurement Furnish plastic pavement marking material in the color width and quantities shown in the plans complete with all necessary material (including but not limited to surface preparation solution andor primer) required for the installation Furnish pavement marking material in a 090 inch or 90 mil (2286 mm) thickness complete with required incidentals prepaid to the appropriate citycounty shop area in or nearenspenspenspenspensp Tools and equipment required for the installation of the pavement markings are provided by the governmental entity installing the pavement markings Install pavement markings only at a time of the year when it is reasonable to expect sixty (60) calendar days of hot summer-like weather immediately following the installation to allow full adherence of the plastic to the pavement

E Acceptable Bids Acceptable bids include all costs of materials fabrication packing and shipment of all signs and pavement marking materials including incidental components and material described herein or as required by the Standard Specifications and Detailed Drawings

TRSP6 Disposal of Signs and Components (Applicable for City amp County Only) (Initiated 1-1-03)

2 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS (Applicable For City amp County Only) [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 3 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project and not designated for reuse elsewhere on the project are the property of the governmental entity under whose jurisdiction they fell Clear the work site of all excess signing components with the citycounty to dispose of removed signing material and transport of salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department for work necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP7 Traffic Control (Applicable for City amp County Only (Revised 5-9-07)

3 TRAFFIC CONTROL (Applicable For CityCounty Only) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Traffic control for scheduled citycounty construction operations assures that (1) the safety and convenience needs of motorists and pedestrians and the safety of construction workers are met at all times and (2) the progress of the project is completed in a manner most beneficial to the project as a whole Specific requirements for this contract are as follows

Install traffic control devices at the start of construction operations assure they are properly maintained cleaned operated and remain in place only as long as they are needed and are removed immediately thereafter If operations are performed in stages leave in place only those devices that apply to the operation Remove cover or turn traffic control devices from traffic vision that do not apply to existing conditions

If control of traffic is required for very short duration and standard traffic control devices would be impractical modify this provision as follows

The citycounty is to insure that each side of each work site has proper signs and flags One sign consisting of a portable 48rdquo x 48rdquo (1200 mm x 1200 mm) W21-1 ldquoMEN WORKINGrdquo Warning Sign with an 18rdquo x 18rdquo (450 mm x 450 mm) Advisory Speed Plate reading ldquo25 MPHrdquo Mount two 18rdquo x 18rdquo (450 mm x 450 mm) Florescent Orange Flags over the sign Display these signs and flags as directed by the Engineer Display at least two such signs for both two-lane and four-lane divided roadways at each work site Place two signs right and left of the roadway in advance of the work site on four-lane divided roadways Provide adequate mounting for all portable signs Equip all citycounty vehicles with a rotating flashing beacon mounted over the vehicle Assure beacons are visible at all times from all directions and in use when the vehicle is parked at or near the work site Use flagmen with the appropriate warning signs as shown in the Detailed Drawings when citycounty equipment blocks the roadway to the extent that two vehicles cannot pass on the roadway at the work site Attach these signs to a portable mount

Storage of materials and equipment is prohibited on the traversable roadway

Revised 4172017 Page 4 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Inform the public of road closures detours work sites and rerouting of traffic on the project following the Departmentrsquos instructions

Submit two copies of a proposed schedule of operations to the Project Manager at least twenty calendar days before start of construction

Sign all places where construction equipment crosses or enters a highway or street meeting Construction Signing Standards and the MUTCD

B Basis of Payment Perform and pay for Traffic Control meeting the Special Provisions for Traffic Control or according to an alternate proposal submitted in writing and approved by the Department

TRSP9 Forest Service Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

4 FOREST SERVICE SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description Reset existing signs owned by the US Forest Service and shown on the plans within the right-of-way or clear zone limits of this project when they do not meet current FHWA and Department safety standards Replace those signs or postspoles determined by the Project Manager to be unsuitable for reinstallation through natural deterioration or damage

B Construction Requirements Assure that reset or reinstalled signing and supports meet current breakaway device support spacing lateral clearance mounting height and reflectivity requirements of the Department and FHWA

C Measurement and Payment Payment of cost and labor equipment and materials to accomplish this signing is by the Department of Transportation Designs of new USFS signs to accomplish this work are provided to the Departmentrsquos Traffic Engineering Section by the USFS National Forest office having jurisdiction over the signs and are available upon written request or by calling (406) 444-0463 or 444-6222

TRSP12 Channelization Buttons (Revised 5-9-07)

5 CHANNELIZATION BUTTONS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

Revised 4172017 Page 5 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Install channelization buttons that are 4 (102 mm ) diameter by 067 (17 mm ) high constructed of high strength synthetics or other durable material reflectorized and pigmented throughout Use button color acceptable under illumination by automobile headlights Use appropriate epoxy adhesive and pressure Locate buttons on the lane lines on all four approaches of the intersection as detailed on the plan sheet Install buttons on each lane line from the stop bar back to the end of the lane line

TRSP13 Signal Pole Installation (For Sign Mounting) (Revised 5-9-07)

6 SIGNAL POLE INSTALLATION (For Sign Mounting) [704] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Install a signal pole and mast arm at the following locations Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street and Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street The purpose of these assemblies is to carry the R3-5 and R3-6 overhead lane control signs as shown on the plan sheets

B Materials Include the sign faces mentioned above in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo Bracket attachment used to mount the above mentioned signs to be determined by the Project Manager

C Measurement and Payment Include cost for brackets in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo

TRSP14 Remove Abandoned Signs (Initiated 1-1-03)

7 REMOVE ABANDONED SIGNS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

A Description Remove and store Department of Transportation signs and posts existing on the present traveled way or connecting State or Federal routes which are to be completely abandoned due to alignment grade or other changes made as a result of this project unless otherwise noted on the plans or in the contract Upon completion of removal turn over such signs to the Division Field Maintenance Bureau

B Construction Requirements Assure that sign removal is coordinated with the sequence of work and stage of construction so that the roadway being used to carry traffic is properly signed at all times

Revised 4172017 Page 6 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Basis of Payment Cost of work performance and sign and post storage is absorbed in other bid items of the contract

TRSP16 Overhead Sign Structure (Revised 2-15-12)

8 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Revised 4172017 Page 7 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes The boring log shown below identifies the soil conditions for each location Utilize this information for the foundation design

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

enspenspenspenspensp

TRSP16a Overhead Sign Structure and Boring Log (Revised 2-15-12)

9 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE AND BORING LOG [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm boring log concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Revised 4172017 Page 8 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes Provide a boring log of each location showing the soil conditions as part of the foundation design for review by the department

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

TRSP17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)

10 OVERHEAD SIGN MOUNTING [704] (Revised 1-17-08)

A Description Signing is specified within this contract which requires use of overhead sign mounting

Revised 4172017 Page 9 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Use appropriate sign mounting hardware included as a part of the other bid items on the contract for signs mounted on the overhead sign structure Assure a structure design provided as part of the plans has mounting as shown therein or an equal approved by the Department Submit ten copies of sign mounting details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction for overhead sign structures designed by the contractor to meet the requirements set forth in the plans specifications and special provisions Submit ten copies of shop drawings for other structural components and sign mounting hardware to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction

C Construction Requirements Provide sign mountings capable of attaching the sign to the cross arm with structural adequacy and in a vertical position at the signrsquos designated location Assure the structural components and design of the sign mounting meet or exceed all requirements set forth in the ldquoStandard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signalsrdquo as published by AASHTO and any amendments thereto

D Measurement and Payment Payment for sign mounting hardware is absorbed in other bid items of the contract is full compensation for any additional miscellaneous hardware incidental items or equipment use required to install sign mounting hardware in an acceptable manner

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)

11 SIDEWALK MOUNTED SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-17-11)

A Description This work is the mounting of signs in a sidewalk and curb area

B Construction Requirements Assure signs to be mounted within city limits in a sidewalk and curb area have the specified clearances the post does not conflict with the main walking area of the sidewalk or with doorways or windows of adjacent buildings The exact location of these sign installations are determined by the Project Manager Various offset type mountings are detailed in Signing Detailed Drawing No 619-18

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)

12 REMOVE FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 10 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 2: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Revised 4172017 Page 2 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP4 Urban Signs and Pavement Marking MaterialndashGeneral (Revised 5-9-07)

1 URBAN SIGNS AND PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL-GENERAL [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract is for signing and thermoplastic pavement marking only to be delivered to the enspenspenspenspensp or the enspenspenspenspensp as described in the plans and agreements

B Materials Furnish signing materials required to fabricate and mount signs as specified in the Standard Specifications and Detailed Drawings Use soil cement furnished by the government entity to backfill all post holes for timber posts Use concrete furnished by the government entity for steel post foundations The Portland cement and concrete required to accomplish these items is provided by the governmental entity installing the signs

C Construction Requirements Provide foundations and breakaway devices for tubular steel signs as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-14 Fabricate meeting these specifications and ship prepaid to the specified shop Sign design calculations of each type of sign are included with the plans Assure that all signs are fabricated and mounting holes placed in accordance with the manual for ldquoStandard Highway Signs as Specified in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devicesrdquo published by the FHWA

D Measurement Furnish plastic pavement marking material in the color width and quantities shown in the plans complete with all necessary material (including but not limited to surface preparation solution andor primer) required for the installation Furnish pavement marking material in a 090 inch or 90 mil (2286 mm) thickness complete with required incidentals prepaid to the appropriate citycounty shop area in or nearenspenspenspenspensp Tools and equipment required for the installation of the pavement markings are provided by the governmental entity installing the pavement markings Install pavement markings only at a time of the year when it is reasonable to expect sixty (60) calendar days of hot summer-like weather immediately following the installation to allow full adherence of the plastic to the pavement

E Acceptable Bids Acceptable bids include all costs of materials fabrication packing and shipment of all signs and pavement marking materials including incidental components and material described herein or as required by the Standard Specifications and Detailed Drawings

TRSP6 Disposal of Signs and Components (Applicable for City amp County Only) (Initiated 1-1-03)

2 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS (Applicable For City amp County Only) [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 3 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project and not designated for reuse elsewhere on the project are the property of the governmental entity under whose jurisdiction they fell Clear the work site of all excess signing components with the citycounty to dispose of removed signing material and transport of salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department for work necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP7 Traffic Control (Applicable for City amp County Only (Revised 5-9-07)

3 TRAFFIC CONTROL (Applicable For CityCounty Only) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Traffic control for scheduled citycounty construction operations assures that (1) the safety and convenience needs of motorists and pedestrians and the safety of construction workers are met at all times and (2) the progress of the project is completed in a manner most beneficial to the project as a whole Specific requirements for this contract are as follows

Install traffic control devices at the start of construction operations assure they are properly maintained cleaned operated and remain in place only as long as they are needed and are removed immediately thereafter If operations are performed in stages leave in place only those devices that apply to the operation Remove cover or turn traffic control devices from traffic vision that do not apply to existing conditions

If control of traffic is required for very short duration and standard traffic control devices would be impractical modify this provision as follows

The citycounty is to insure that each side of each work site has proper signs and flags One sign consisting of a portable 48rdquo x 48rdquo (1200 mm x 1200 mm) W21-1 ldquoMEN WORKINGrdquo Warning Sign with an 18rdquo x 18rdquo (450 mm x 450 mm) Advisory Speed Plate reading ldquo25 MPHrdquo Mount two 18rdquo x 18rdquo (450 mm x 450 mm) Florescent Orange Flags over the sign Display these signs and flags as directed by the Engineer Display at least two such signs for both two-lane and four-lane divided roadways at each work site Place two signs right and left of the roadway in advance of the work site on four-lane divided roadways Provide adequate mounting for all portable signs Equip all citycounty vehicles with a rotating flashing beacon mounted over the vehicle Assure beacons are visible at all times from all directions and in use when the vehicle is parked at or near the work site Use flagmen with the appropriate warning signs as shown in the Detailed Drawings when citycounty equipment blocks the roadway to the extent that two vehicles cannot pass on the roadway at the work site Attach these signs to a portable mount

Storage of materials and equipment is prohibited on the traversable roadway

Revised 4172017 Page 4 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Inform the public of road closures detours work sites and rerouting of traffic on the project following the Departmentrsquos instructions

Submit two copies of a proposed schedule of operations to the Project Manager at least twenty calendar days before start of construction

Sign all places where construction equipment crosses or enters a highway or street meeting Construction Signing Standards and the MUTCD

B Basis of Payment Perform and pay for Traffic Control meeting the Special Provisions for Traffic Control or according to an alternate proposal submitted in writing and approved by the Department

TRSP9 Forest Service Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

4 FOREST SERVICE SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description Reset existing signs owned by the US Forest Service and shown on the plans within the right-of-way or clear zone limits of this project when they do not meet current FHWA and Department safety standards Replace those signs or postspoles determined by the Project Manager to be unsuitable for reinstallation through natural deterioration or damage

B Construction Requirements Assure that reset or reinstalled signing and supports meet current breakaway device support spacing lateral clearance mounting height and reflectivity requirements of the Department and FHWA

C Measurement and Payment Payment of cost and labor equipment and materials to accomplish this signing is by the Department of Transportation Designs of new USFS signs to accomplish this work are provided to the Departmentrsquos Traffic Engineering Section by the USFS National Forest office having jurisdiction over the signs and are available upon written request or by calling (406) 444-0463 or 444-6222

TRSP12 Channelization Buttons (Revised 5-9-07)

5 CHANNELIZATION BUTTONS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

Revised 4172017 Page 5 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Install channelization buttons that are 4 (102 mm ) diameter by 067 (17 mm ) high constructed of high strength synthetics or other durable material reflectorized and pigmented throughout Use button color acceptable under illumination by automobile headlights Use appropriate epoxy adhesive and pressure Locate buttons on the lane lines on all four approaches of the intersection as detailed on the plan sheet Install buttons on each lane line from the stop bar back to the end of the lane line

TRSP13 Signal Pole Installation (For Sign Mounting) (Revised 5-9-07)

6 SIGNAL POLE INSTALLATION (For Sign Mounting) [704] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Install a signal pole and mast arm at the following locations Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street and Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street The purpose of these assemblies is to carry the R3-5 and R3-6 overhead lane control signs as shown on the plan sheets

B Materials Include the sign faces mentioned above in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo Bracket attachment used to mount the above mentioned signs to be determined by the Project Manager

C Measurement and Payment Include cost for brackets in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo

TRSP14 Remove Abandoned Signs (Initiated 1-1-03)

7 REMOVE ABANDONED SIGNS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

A Description Remove and store Department of Transportation signs and posts existing on the present traveled way or connecting State or Federal routes which are to be completely abandoned due to alignment grade or other changes made as a result of this project unless otherwise noted on the plans or in the contract Upon completion of removal turn over such signs to the Division Field Maintenance Bureau

B Construction Requirements Assure that sign removal is coordinated with the sequence of work and stage of construction so that the roadway being used to carry traffic is properly signed at all times

Revised 4172017 Page 6 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Basis of Payment Cost of work performance and sign and post storage is absorbed in other bid items of the contract

TRSP16 Overhead Sign Structure (Revised 2-15-12)

8 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Revised 4172017 Page 7 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes The boring log shown below identifies the soil conditions for each location Utilize this information for the foundation design

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

enspenspenspenspensp

TRSP16a Overhead Sign Structure and Boring Log (Revised 2-15-12)

9 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE AND BORING LOG [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm boring log concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Revised 4172017 Page 8 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes Provide a boring log of each location showing the soil conditions as part of the foundation design for review by the department

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

TRSP17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)

10 OVERHEAD SIGN MOUNTING [704] (Revised 1-17-08)

A Description Signing is specified within this contract which requires use of overhead sign mounting

Revised 4172017 Page 9 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Use appropriate sign mounting hardware included as a part of the other bid items on the contract for signs mounted on the overhead sign structure Assure a structure design provided as part of the plans has mounting as shown therein or an equal approved by the Department Submit ten copies of sign mounting details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction for overhead sign structures designed by the contractor to meet the requirements set forth in the plans specifications and special provisions Submit ten copies of shop drawings for other structural components and sign mounting hardware to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction

C Construction Requirements Provide sign mountings capable of attaching the sign to the cross arm with structural adequacy and in a vertical position at the signrsquos designated location Assure the structural components and design of the sign mounting meet or exceed all requirements set forth in the ldquoStandard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signalsrdquo as published by AASHTO and any amendments thereto

D Measurement and Payment Payment for sign mounting hardware is absorbed in other bid items of the contract is full compensation for any additional miscellaneous hardware incidental items or equipment use required to install sign mounting hardware in an acceptable manner

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)

11 SIDEWALK MOUNTED SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-17-11)

A Description This work is the mounting of signs in a sidewalk and curb area

B Construction Requirements Assure signs to be mounted within city limits in a sidewalk and curb area have the specified clearances the post does not conflict with the main walking area of the sidewalk or with doorways or windows of adjacent buildings The exact location of these sign installations are determined by the Project Manager Various offset type mountings are detailed in Signing Detailed Drawing No 619-18

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)

12 REMOVE FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 10 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 3: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP4 Urban Signs and Pavement Marking MaterialndashGeneral (Revised 5-9-07)

1 URBAN SIGNS AND PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL-GENERAL [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract is for signing and thermoplastic pavement marking only to be delivered to the enspenspenspenspensp or the enspenspenspenspensp as described in the plans and agreements

B Materials Furnish signing materials required to fabricate and mount signs as specified in the Standard Specifications and Detailed Drawings Use soil cement furnished by the government entity to backfill all post holes for timber posts Use concrete furnished by the government entity for steel post foundations The Portland cement and concrete required to accomplish these items is provided by the governmental entity installing the signs

C Construction Requirements Provide foundations and breakaway devices for tubular steel signs as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-14 Fabricate meeting these specifications and ship prepaid to the specified shop Sign design calculations of each type of sign are included with the plans Assure that all signs are fabricated and mounting holes placed in accordance with the manual for ldquoStandard Highway Signs as Specified in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devicesrdquo published by the FHWA

D Measurement Furnish plastic pavement marking material in the color width and quantities shown in the plans complete with all necessary material (including but not limited to surface preparation solution andor primer) required for the installation Furnish pavement marking material in a 090 inch or 90 mil (2286 mm) thickness complete with required incidentals prepaid to the appropriate citycounty shop area in or nearenspenspenspenspensp Tools and equipment required for the installation of the pavement markings are provided by the governmental entity installing the pavement markings Install pavement markings only at a time of the year when it is reasonable to expect sixty (60) calendar days of hot summer-like weather immediately following the installation to allow full adherence of the plastic to the pavement

E Acceptable Bids Acceptable bids include all costs of materials fabrication packing and shipment of all signs and pavement marking materials including incidental components and material described herein or as required by the Standard Specifications and Detailed Drawings

TRSP6 Disposal of Signs and Components (Applicable for City amp County Only) (Initiated 1-1-03)

2 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS (Applicable For City amp County Only) [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 3 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project and not designated for reuse elsewhere on the project are the property of the governmental entity under whose jurisdiction they fell Clear the work site of all excess signing components with the citycounty to dispose of removed signing material and transport of salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department for work necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP7 Traffic Control (Applicable for City amp County Only (Revised 5-9-07)

3 TRAFFIC CONTROL (Applicable For CityCounty Only) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Traffic control for scheduled citycounty construction operations assures that (1) the safety and convenience needs of motorists and pedestrians and the safety of construction workers are met at all times and (2) the progress of the project is completed in a manner most beneficial to the project as a whole Specific requirements for this contract are as follows

Install traffic control devices at the start of construction operations assure they are properly maintained cleaned operated and remain in place only as long as they are needed and are removed immediately thereafter If operations are performed in stages leave in place only those devices that apply to the operation Remove cover or turn traffic control devices from traffic vision that do not apply to existing conditions

If control of traffic is required for very short duration and standard traffic control devices would be impractical modify this provision as follows

The citycounty is to insure that each side of each work site has proper signs and flags One sign consisting of a portable 48rdquo x 48rdquo (1200 mm x 1200 mm) W21-1 ldquoMEN WORKINGrdquo Warning Sign with an 18rdquo x 18rdquo (450 mm x 450 mm) Advisory Speed Plate reading ldquo25 MPHrdquo Mount two 18rdquo x 18rdquo (450 mm x 450 mm) Florescent Orange Flags over the sign Display these signs and flags as directed by the Engineer Display at least two such signs for both two-lane and four-lane divided roadways at each work site Place two signs right and left of the roadway in advance of the work site on four-lane divided roadways Provide adequate mounting for all portable signs Equip all citycounty vehicles with a rotating flashing beacon mounted over the vehicle Assure beacons are visible at all times from all directions and in use when the vehicle is parked at or near the work site Use flagmen with the appropriate warning signs as shown in the Detailed Drawings when citycounty equipment blocks the roadway to the extent that two vehicles cannot pass on the roadway at the work site Attach these signs to a portable mount

Storage of materials and equipment is prohibited on the traversable roadway

Revised 4172017 Page 4 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Inform the public of road closures detours work sites and rerouting of traffic on the project following the Departmentrsquos instructions

Submit two copies of a proposed schedule of operations to the Project Manager at least twenty calendar days before start of construction

Sign all places where construction equipment crosses or enters a highway or street meeting Construction Signing Standards and the MUTCD

B Basis of Payment Perform and pay for Traffic Control meeting the Special Provisions for Traffic Control or according to an alternate proposal submitted in writing and approved by the Department

TRSP9 Forest Service Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

4 FOREST SERVICE SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description Reset existing signs owned by the US Forest Service and shown on the plans within the right-of-way or clear zone limits of this project when they do not meet current FHWA and Department safety standards Replace those signs or postspoles determined by the Project Manager to be unsuitable for reinstallation through natural deterioration or damage

B Construction Requirements Assure that reset or reinstalled signing and supports meet current breakaway device support spacing lateral clearance mounting height and reflectivity requirements of the Department and FHWA

C Measurement and Payment Payment of cost and labor equipment and materials to accomplish this signing is by the Department of Transportation Designs of new USFS signs to accomplish this work are provided to the Departmentrsquos Traffic Engineering Section by the USFS National Forest office having jurisdiction over the signs and are available upon written request or by calling (406) 444-0463 or 444-6222

TRSP12 Channelization Buttons (Revised 5-9-07)

5 CHANNELIZATION BUTTONS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

Revised 4172017 Page 5 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Install channelization buttons that are 4 (102 mm ) diameter by 067 (17 mm ) high constructed of high strength synthetics or other durable material reflectorized and pigmented throughout Use button color acceptable under illumination by automobile headlights Use appropriate epoxy adhesive and pressure Locate buttons on the lane lines on all four approaches of the intersection as detailed on the plan sheet Install buttons on each lane line from the stop bar back to the end of the lane line

TRSP13 Signal Pole Installation (For Sign Mounting) (Revised 5-9-07)

6 SIGNAL POLE INSTALLATION (For Sign Mounting) [704] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Install a signal pole and mast arm at the following locations Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street and Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street The purpose of these assemblies is to carry the R3-5 and R3-6 overhead lane control signs as shown on the plan sheets

B Materials Include the sign faces mentioned above in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo Bracket attachment used to mount the above mentioned signs to be determined by the Project Manager

C Measurement and Payment Include cost for brackets in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo

TRSP14 Remove Abandoned Signs (Initiated 1-1-03)

7 REMOVE ABANDONED SIGNS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

A Description Remove and store Department of Transportation signs and posts existing on the present traveled way or connecting State or Federal routes which are to be completely abandoned due to alignment grade or other changes made as a result of this project unless otherwise noted on the plans or in the contract Upon completion of removal turn over such signs to the Division Field Maintenance Bureau

B Construction Requirements Assure that sign removal is coordinated with the sequence of work and stage of construction so that the roadway being used to carry traffic is properly signed at all times

Revised 4172017 Page 6 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Basis of Payment Cost of work performance and sign and post storage is absorbed in other bid items of the contract

TRSP16 Overhead Sign Structure (Revised 2-15-12)

8 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Revised 4172017 Page 7 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes The boring log shown below identifies the soil conditions for each location Utilize this information for the foundation design

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

enspenspenspenspensp

TRSP16a Overhead Sign Structure and Boring Log (Revised 2-15-12)

9 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE AND BORING LOG [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm boring log concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Revised 4172017 Page 8 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes Provide a boring log of each location showing the soil conditions as part of the foundation design for review by the department

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

TRSP17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)

10 OVERHEAD SIGN MOUNTING [704] (Revised 1-17-08)

A Description Signing is specified within this contract which requires use of overhead sign mounting

Revised 4172017 Page 9 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Use appropriate sign mounting hardware included as a part of the other bid items on the contract for signs mounted on the overhead sign structure Assure a structure design provided as part of the plans has mounting as shown therein or an equal approved by the Department Submit ten copies of sign mounting details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction for overhead sign structures designed by the contractor to meet the requirements set forth in the plans specifications and special provisions Submit ten copies of shop drawings for other structural components and sign mounting hardware to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction

C Construction Requirements Provide sign mountings capable of attaching the sign to the cross arm with structural adequacy and in a vertical position at the signrsquos designated location Assure the structural components and design of the sign mounting meet or exceed all requirements set forth in the ldquoStandard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signalsrdquo as published by AASHTO and any amendments thereto

D Measurement and Payment Payment for sign mounting hardware is absorbed in other bid items of the contract is full compensation for any additional miscellaneous hardware incidental items or equipment use required to install sign mounting hardware in an acceptable manner

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)

11 SIDEWALK MOUNTED SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-17-11)

A Description This work is the mounting of signs in a sidewalk and curb area

B Construction Requirements Assure signs to be mounted within city limits in a sidewalk and curb area have the specified clearances the post does not conflict with the main walking area of the sidewalk or with doorways or windows of adjacent buildings The exact location of these sign installations are determined by the Project Manager Various offset type mountings are detailed in Signing Detailed Drawing No 619-18

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)

12 REMOVE FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 10 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 4: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project and not designated for reuse elsewhere on the project are the property of the governmental entity under whose jurisdiction they fell Clear the work site of all excess signing components with the citycounty to dispose of removed signing material and transport of salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department for work necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP7 Traffic Control (Applicable for City amp County Only (Revised 5-9-07)

3 TRAFFIC CONTROL (Applicable For CityCounty Only) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Traffic control for scheduled citycounty construction operations assures that (1) the safety and convenience needs of motorists and pedestrians and the safety of construction workers are met at all times and (2) the progress of the project is completed in a manner most beneficial to the project as a whole Specific requirements for this contract are as follows

Install traffic control devices at the start of construction operations assure they are properly maintained cleaned operated and remain in place only as long as they are needed and are removed immediately thereafter If operations are performed in stages leave in place only those devices that apply to the operation Remove cover or turn traffic control devices from traffic vision that do not apply to existing conditions

If control of traffic is required for very short duration and standard traffic control devices would be impractical modify this provision as follows

The citycounty is to insure that each side of each work site has proper signs and flags One sign consisting of a portable 48rdquo x 48rdquo (1200 mm x 1200 mm) W21-1 ldquoMEN WORKINGrdquo Warning Sign with an 18rdquo x 18rdquo (450 mm x 450 mm) Advisory Speed Plate reading ldquo25 MPHrdquo Mount two 18rdquo x 18rdquo (450 mm x 450 mm) Florescent Orange Flags over the sign Display these signs and flags as directed by the Engineer Display at least two such signs for both two-lane and four-lane divided roadways at each work site Place two signs right and left of the roadway in advance of the work site on four-lane divided roadways Provide adequate mounting for all portable signs Equip all citycounty vehicles with a rotating flashing beacon mounted over the vehicle Assure beacons are visible at all times from all directions and in use when the vehicle is parked at or near the work site Use flagmen with the appropriate warning signs as shown in the Detailed Drawings when citycounty equipment blocks the roadway to the extent that two vehicles cannot pass on the roadway at the work site Attach these signs to a portable mount

Storage of materials and equipment is prohibited on the traversable roadway

Revised 4172017 Page 4 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Inform the public of road closures detours work sites and rerouting of traffic on the project following the Departmentrsquos instructions

Submit two copies of a proposed schedule of operations to the Project Manager at least twenty calendar days before start of construction

Sign all places where construction equipment crosses or enters a highway or street meeting Construction Signing Standards and the MUTCD

B Basis of Payment Perform and pay for Traffic Control meeting the Special Provisions for Traffic Control or according to an alternate proposal submitted in writing and approved by the Department

TRSP9 Forest Service Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

4 FOREST SERVICE SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description Reset existing signs owned by the US Forest Service and shown on the plans within the right-of-way or clear zone limits of this project when they do not meet current FHWA and Department safety standards Replace those signs or postspoles determined by the Project Manager to be unsuitable for reinstallation through natural deterioration or damage

B Construction Requirements Assure that reset or reinstalled signing and supports meet current breakaway device support spacing lateral clearance mounting height and reflectivity requirements of the Department and FHWA

C Measurement and Payment Payment of cost and labor equipment and materials to accomplish this signing is by the Department of Transportation Designs of new USFS signs to accomplish this work are provided to the Departmentrsquos Traffic Engineering Section by the USFS National Forest office having jurisdiction over the signs and are available upon written request or by calling (406) 444-0463 or 444-6222

TRSP12 Channelization Buttons (Revised 5-9-07)

5 CHANNELIZATION BUTTONS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

Revised 4172017 Page 5 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Install channelization buttons that are 4 (102 mm ) diameter by 067 (17 mm ) high constructed of high strength synthetics or other durable material reflectorized and pigmented throughout Use button color acceptable under illumination by automobile headlights Use appropriate epoxy adhesive and pressure Locate buttons on the lane lines on all four approaches of the intersection as detailed on the plan sheet Install buttons on each lane line from the stop bar back to the end of the lane line

TRSP13 Signal Pole Installation (For Sign Mounting) (Revised 5-9-07)

6 SIGNAL POLE INSTALLATION (For Sign Mounting) [704] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Install a signal pole and mast arm at the following locations Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street and Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street The purpose of these assemblies is to carry the R3-5 and R3-6 overhead lane control signs as shown on the plan sheets

B Materials Include the sign faces mentioned above in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo Bracket attachment used to mount the above mentioned signs to be determined by the Project Manager

C Measurement and Payment Include cost for brackets in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo

TRSP14 Remove Abandoned Signs (Initiated 1-1-03)

7 REMOVE ABANDONED SIGNS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

A Description Remove and store Department of Transportation signs and posts existing on the present traveled way or connecting State or Federal routes which are to be completely abandoned due to alignment grade or other changes made as a result of this project unless otherwise noted on the plans or in the contract Upon completion of removal turn over such signs to the Division Field Maintenance Bureau

B Construction Requirements Assure that sign removal is coordinated with the sequence of work and stage of construction so that the roadway being used to carry traffic is properly signed at all times

Revised 4172017 Page 6 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Basis of Payment Cost of work performance and sign and post storage is absorbed in other bid items of the contract

TRSP16 Overhead Sign Structure (Revised 2-15-12)

8 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Revised 4172017 Page 7 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes The boring log shown below identifies the soil conditions for each location Utilize this information for the foundation design

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

enspenspenspenspensp

TRSP16a Overhead Sign Structure and Boring Log (Revised 2-15-12)

9 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE AND BORING LOG [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm boring log concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Revised 4172017 Page 8 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes Provide a boring log of each location showing the soil conditions as part of the foundation design for review by the department

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

TRSP17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)

10 OVERHEAD SIGN MOUNTING [704] (Revised 1-17-08)

A Description Signing is specified within this contract which requires use of overhead sign mounting

Revised 4172017 Page 9 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Use appropriate sign mounting hardware included as a part of the other bid items on the contract for signs mounted on the overhead sign structure Assure a structure design provided as part of the plans has mounting as shown therein or an equal approved by the Department Submit ten copies of sign mounting details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction for overhead sign structures designed by the contractor to meet the requirements set forth in the plans specifications and special provisions Submit ten copies of shop drawings for other structural components and sign mounting hardware to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction

C Construction Requirements Provide sign mountings capable of attaching the sign to the cross arm with structural adequacy and in a vertical position at the signrsquos designated location Assure the structural components and design of the sign mounting meet or exceed all requirements set forth in the ldquoStandard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signalsrdquo as published by AASHTO and any amendments thereto

D Measurement and Payment Payment for sign mounting hardware is absorbed in other bid items of the contract is full compensation for any additional miscellaneous hardware incidental items or equipment use required to install sign mounting hardware in an acceptable manner

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)

11 SIDEWALK MOUNTED SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-17-11)

A Description This work is the mounting of signs in a sidewalk and curb area

B Construction Requirements Assure signs to be mounted within city limits in a sidewalk and curb area have the specified clearances the post does not conflict with the main walking area of the sidewalk or with doorways or windows of adjacent buildings The exact location of these sign installations are determined by the Project Manager Various offset type mountings are detailed in Signing Detailed Drawing No 619-18

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)

12 REMOVE FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 10 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 5: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Inform the public of road closures detours work sites and rerouting of traffic on the project following the Departmentrsquos instructions

Submit two copies of a proposed schedule of operations to the Project Manager at least twenty calendar days before start of construction

Sign all places where construction equipment crosses or enters a highway or street meeting Construction Signing Standards and the MUTCD

B Basis of Payment Perform and pay for Traffic Control meeting the Special Provisions for Traffic Control or according to an alternate proposal submitted in writing and approved by the Department

TRSP9 Forest Service Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

4 FOREST SERVICE SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description Reset existing signs owned by the US Forest Service and shown on the plans within the right-of-way or clear zone limits of this project when they do not meet current FHWA and Department safety standards Replace those signs or postspoles determined by the Project Manager to be unsuitable for reinstallation through natural deterioration or damage

B Construction Requirements Assure that reset or reinstalled signing and supports meet current breakaway device support spacing lateral clearance mounting height and reflectivity requirements of the Department and FHWA

C Measurement and Payment Payment of cost and labor equipment and materials to accomplish this signing is by the Department of Transportation Designs of new USFS signs to accomplish this work are provided to the Departmentrsquos Traffic Engineering Section by the USFS National Forest office having jurisdiction over the signs and are available upon written request or by calling (406) 444-0463 or 444-6222

TRSP12 Channelization Buttons (Revised 5-9-07)

5 CHANNELIZATION BUTTONS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

Revised 4172017 Page 5 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Install channelization buttons that are 4 (102 mm ) diameter by 067 (17 mm ) high constructed of high strength synthetics or other durable material reflectorized and pigmented throughout Use button color acceptable under illumination by automobile headlights Use appropriate epoxy adhesive and pressure Locate buttons on the lane lines on all four approaches of the intersection as detailed on the plan sheet Install buttons on each lane line from the stop bar back to the end of the lane line

TRSP13 Signal Pole Installation (For Sign Mounting) (Revised 5-9-07)

6 SIGNAL POLE INSTALLATION (For Sign Mounting) [704] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Install a signal pole and mast arm at the following locations Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street and Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street The purpose of these assemblies is to carry the R3-5 and R3-6 overhead lane control signs as shown on the plan sheets

B Materials Include the sign faces mentioned above in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo Bracket attachment used to mount the above mentioned signs to be determined by the Project Manager

C Measurement and Payment Include cost for brackets in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo

TRSP14 Remove Abandoned Signs (Initiated 1-1-03)

7 REMOVE ABANDONED SIGNS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

A Description Remove and store Department of Transportation signs and posts existing on the present traveled way or connecting State or Federal routes which are to be completely abandoned due to alignment grade or other changes made as a result of this project unless otherwise noted on the plans or in the contract Upon completion of removal turn over such signs to the Division Field Maintenance Bureau

B Construction Requirements Assure that sign removal is coordinated with the sequence of work and stage of construction so that the roadway being used to carry traffic is properly signed at all times

Revised 4172017 Page 6 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Basis of Payment Cost of work performance and sign and post storage is absorbed in other bid items of the contract

TRSP16 Overhead Sign Structure (Revised 2-15-12)

8 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Revised 4172017 Page 7 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes The boring log shown below identifies the soil conditions for each location Utilize this information for the foundation design

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

enspenspenspenspensp

TRSP16a Overhead Sign Structure and Boring Log (Revised 2-15-12)

9 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE AND BORING LOG [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm boring log concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Revised 4172017 Page 8 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes Provide a boring log of each location showing the soil conditions as part of the foundation design for review by the department

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

TRSP17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)

10 OVERHEAD SIGN MOUNTING [704] (Revised 1-17-08)

A Description Signing is specified within this contract which requires use of overhead sign mounting

Revised 4172017 Page 9 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Use appropriate sign mounting hardware included as a part of the other bid items on the contract for signs mounted on the overhead sign structure Assure a structure design provided as part of the plans has mounting as shown therein or an equal approved by the Department Submit ten copies of sign mounting details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction for overhead sign structures designed by the contractor to meet the requirements set forth in the plans specifications and special provisions Submit ten copies of shop drawings for other structural components and sign mounting hardware to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction

C Construction Requirements Provide sign mountings capable of attaching the sign to the cross arm with structural adequacy and in a vertical position at the signrsquos designated location Assure the structural components and design of the sign mounting meet or exceed all requirements set forth in the ldquoStandard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signalsrdquo as published by AASHTO and any amendments thereto

D Measurement and Payment Payment for sign mounting hardware is absorbed in other bid items of the contract is full compensation for any additional miscellaneous hardware incidental items or equipment use required to install sign mounting hardware in an acceptable manner

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)

11 SIDEWALK MOUNTED SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-17-11)

A Description This work is the mounting of signs in a sidewalk and curb area

B Construction Requirements Assure signs to be mounted within city limits in a sidewalk and curb area have the specified clearances the post does not conflict with the main walking area of the sidewalk or with doorways or windows of adjacent buildings The exact location of these sign installations are determined by the Project Manager Various offset type mountings are detailed in Signing Detailed Drawing No 619-18

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)

12 REMOVE FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 10 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 6: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Install channelization buttons that are 4 (102 mm ) diameter by 067 (17 mm ) high constructed of high strength synthetics or other durable material reflectorized and pigmented throughout Use button color acceptable under illumination by automobile headlights Use appropriate epoxy adhesive and pressure Locate buttons on the lane lines on all four approaches of the intersection as detailed on the plan sheet Install buttons on each lane line from the stop bar back to the end of the lane line

TRSP13 Signal Pole Installation (For Sign Mounting) (Revised 5-9-07)

6 SIGNAL POLE INSTALLATION (For Sign Mounting) [704] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Install a signal pole and mast arm at the following locations Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street and Station enspenspenspenspensp and Station enspenspenspenspensp on enspenspenspenspensp Street The purpose of these assemblies is to carry the R3-5 and R3-6 overhead lane control signs as shown on the plan sheets

B Materials Include the sign faces mentioned above in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo Bracket attachment used to mount the above mentioned signs to be determined by the Project Manager

C Measurement and Payment Include cost for brackets in the item SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEET ldquoIVrdquo

TRSP14 Remove Abandoned Signs (Initiated 1-1-03)

7 REMOVE ABANDONED SIGNS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

A Description Remove and store Department of Transportation signs and posts existing on the present traveled way or connecting State or Federal routes which are to be completely abandoned due to alignment grade or other changes made as a result of this project unless otherwise noted on the plans or in the contract Upon completion of removal turn over such signs to the Division Field Maintenance Bureau

B Construction Requirements Assure that sign removal is coordinated with the sequence of work and stage of construction so that the roadway being used to carry traffic is properly signed at all times

Revised 4172017 Page 6 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Basis of Payment Cost of work performance and sign and post storage is absorbed in other bid items of the contract

TRSP16 Overhead Sign Structure (Revised 2-15-12)

8 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Revised 4172017 Page 7 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes The boring log shown below identifies the soil conditions for each location Utilize this information for the foundation design

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

enspenspenspenspensp

TRSP16a Overhead Sign Structure and Boring Log (Revised 2-15-12)

9 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE AND BORING LOG [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm boring log concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Revised 4172017 Page 8 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes Provide a boring log of each location showing the soil conditions as part of the foundation design for review by the department

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

TRSP17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)

10 OVERHEAD SIGN MOUNTING [704] (Revised 1-17-08)

A Description Signing is specified within this contract which requires use of overhead sign mounting

Revised 4172017 Page 9 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Use appropriate sign mounting hardware included as a part of the other bid items on the contract for signs mounted on the overhead sign structure Assure a structure design provided as part of the plans has mounting as shown therein or an equal approved by the Department Submit ten copies of sign mounting details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction for overhead sign structures designed by the contractor to meet the requirements set forth in the plans specifications and special provisions Submit ten copies of shop drawings for other structural components and sign mounting hardware to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction

C Construction Requirements Provide sign mountings capable of attaching the sign to the cross arm with structural adequacy and in a vertical position at the signrsquos designated location Assure the structural components and design of the sign mounting meet or exceed all requirements set forth in the ldquoStandard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signalsrdquo as published by AASHTO and any amendments thereto

D Measurement and Payment Payment for sign mounting hardware is absorbed in other bid items of the contract is full compensation for any additional miscellaneous hardware incidental items or equipment use required to install sign mounting hardware in an acceptable manner

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)

11 SIDEWALK MOUNTED SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-17-11)

A Description This work is the mounting of signs in a sidewalk and curb area

B Construction Requirements Assure signs to be mounted within city limits in a sidewalk and curb area have the specified clearances the post does not conflict with the main walking area of the sidewalk or with doorways or windows of adjacent buildings The exact location of these sign installations are determined by the Project Manager Various offset type mountings are detailed in Signing Detailed Drawing No 619-18

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)

12 REMOVE FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 10 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 7: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Basis of Payment Cost of work performance and sign and post storage is absorbed in other bid items of the contract

TRSP16 Overhead Sign Structure (Revised 2-15-12)

8 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Revised 4172017 Page 7 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes The boring log shown below identifies the soil conditions for each location Utilize this information for the foundation design

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

enspenspenspenspensp

TRSP16a Overhead Sign Structure and Boring Log (Revised 2-15-12)

9 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE AND BORING LOG [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm boring log concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Revised 4172017 Page 8 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes Provide a boring log of each location showing the soil conditions as part of the foundation design for review by the department

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

TRSP17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)

10 OVERHEAD SIGN MOUNTING [704] (Revised 1-17-08)

A Description Signing is specified within this contract which requires use of overhead sign mounting

Revised 4172017 Page 9 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Use appropriate sign mounting hardware included as a part of the other bid items on the contract for signs mounted on the overhead sign structure Assure a structure design provided as part of the plans has mounting as shown therein or an equal approved by the Department Submit ten copies of sign mounting details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction for overhead sign structures designed by the contractor to meet the requirements set forth in the plans specifications and special provisions Submit ten copies of shop drawings for other structural components and sign mounting hardware to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction

C Construction Requirements Provide sign mountings capable of attaching the sign to the cross arm with structural adequacy and in a vertical position at the signrsquos designated location Assure the structural components and design of the sign mounting meet or exceed all requirements set forth in the ldquoStandard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signalsrdquo as published by AASHTO and any amendments thereto

D Measurement and Payment Payment for sign mounting hardware is absorbed in other bid items of the contract is full compensation for any additional miscellaneous hardware incidental items or equipment use required to install sign mounting hardware in an acceptable manner

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)

11 SIDEWALK MOUNTED SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-17-11)

A Description This work is the mounting of signs in a sidewalk and curb area

B Construction Requirements Assure signs to be mounted within city limits in a sidewalk and curb area have the specified clearances the post does not conflict with the main walking area of the sidewalk or with doorways or windows of adjacent buildings The exact location of these sign installations are determined by the Project Manager Various offset type mountings are detailed in Signing Detailed Drawing No 619-18

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)

12 REMOVE FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 10 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 8: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes The boring log shown below identifies the soil conditions for each location Utilize this information for the foundation design

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

enspenspenspenspensp

TRSP16a Overhead Sign Structure and Boring Log (Revised 2-15-12)

9 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE AND BORING LOG [704] (Revised 2-15-12)

Furnish the overhead sign structure shown on the plans and located at Station enspenspenspenspensp including the structure cross arm boring log concrete foundation reinforcing anchor bolts connections sign mounting brackets and all necessary items and work required to fabricate and erect this structure to the Engineerrsquos satisfaction Electrical provisions are covered elsewhere in the plans

Design and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signals including fatigue requirements in section 11 and any amendments thereto

Fatigue design requirements for all sign structures

Design Life 50 years

Fatigue Category 1

Galloping Cantilevered structures only

Revised 4172017 Page 8 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes Provide a boring log of each location showing the soil conditions as part of the foundation design for review by the department

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

TRSP17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)

10 OVERHEAD SIGN MOUNTING [704] (Revised 1-17-08)

A Description Signing is specified within this contract which requires use of overhead sign mounting

Revised 4172017 Page 9 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Use appropriate sign mounting hardware included as a part of the other bid items on the contract for signs mounted on the overhead sign structure Assure a structure design provided as part of the plans has mounting as shown therein or an equal approved by the Department Submit ten copies of sign mounting details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction for overhead sign structures designed by the contractor to meet the requirements set forth in the plans specifications and special provisions Submit ten copies of shop drawings for other structural components and sign mounting hardware to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction

C Construction Requirements Provide sign mountings capable of attaching the sign to the cross arm with structural adequacy and in a vertical position at the signrsquos designated location Assure the structural components and design of the sign mounting meet or exceed all requirements set forth in the ldquoStandard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signalsrdquo as published by AASHTO and any amendments thereto

D Measurement and Payment Payment for sign mounting hardware is absorbed in other bid items of the contract is full compensation for any additional miscellaneous hardware incidental items or equipment use required to install sign mounting hardware in an acceptable manner

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)

11 SIDEWALK MOUNTED SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-17-11)

A Description This work is the mounting of signs in a sidewalk and curb area

B Construction Requirements Assure signs to be mounted within city limits in a sidewalk and curb area have the specified clearances the post does not conflict with the main walking area of the sidewalk or with doorways or windows of adjacent buildings The exact location of these sign installations are determined by the Project Manager Various offset type mountings are detailed in Signing Detailed Drawing No 619-18

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)

12 REMOVE FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 10 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 9: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Truck-Induced Gusts Posted speed limit

Natural Wind Gusts

Submit five copies of shop drawings on 11 x 17 or larger sheets and five copies of welding procedures and design calculations on 8frac12 x 11 or larger sheets to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of fabrication Shop drawings may be furnished in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format in lieu of the hard copies Assure the submittal includes all information required to check the structural accuracy and fabrication procedures for the structure Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the structure in the shop drawings including anchor bolt spacing size and length size length weight andor gauge of structural members size location and bolt spacing of connections size and lengths of bolts ASTM andor AASHTO rating of all structural components and all welding procedures for any welded joint

Sonotubes should not extend to the full depth of the drilled shaft but may be used to a maximum depth of 1rsquo-0rdquo below final grade to preclude concrete loss

Submit five copies or pdf document of foundation details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before the start of structure fabrication Show structural and fabrication information required for all components of the foundation detail including the foundation dimensions placement of all reinforcing anchor bolt spacing size and length material specifications and any installation notes Provide a boring log of each location showing the soil conditions as part of the foundation design for review by the department

Submit electrical structural shop drawings weld procedures and foundation details for each location at one time in a complete package for the Departmentrsquos initial and subsequent reviews Structural shop drawings and foundation details must be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered and licensed to conduct engineering in the State of Montana Only those packages received in one mailing will be accepted for review The Department assumes no responsibility for incorrect dimensions or quantities

TRSP17 Overhead Sign Mounting (Revised 1-17-08)

10 OVERHEAD SIGN MOUNTING [704] (Revised 1-17-08)

A Description Signing is specified within this contract which requires use of overhead sign mounting

Revised 4172017 Page 9 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Use appropriate sign mounting hardware included as a part of the other bid items on the contract for signs mounted on the overhead sign structure Assure a structure design provided as part of the plans has mounting as shown therein or an equal approved by the Department Submit ten copies of sign mounting details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction for overhead sign structures designed by the contractor to meet the requirements set forth in the plans specifications and special provisions Submit ten copies of shop drawings for other structural components and sign mounting hardware to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction

C Construction Requirements Provide sign mountings capable of attaching the sign to the cross arm with structural adequacy and in a vertical position at the signrsquos designated location Assure the structural components and design of the sign mounting meet or exceed all requirements set forth in the ldquoStandard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signalsrdquo as published by AASHTO and any amendments thereto

D Measurement and Payment Payment for sign mounting hardware is absorbed in other bid items of the contract is full compensation for any additional miscellaneous hardware incidental items or equipment use required to install sign mounting hardware in an acceptable manner

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)

11 SIDEWALK MOUNTED SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-17-11)

A Description This work is the mounting of signs in a sidewalk and curb area

B Construction Requirements Assure signs to be mounted within city limits in a sidewalk and curb area have the specified clearances the post does not conflict with the main walking area of the sidewalk or with doorways or windows of adjacent buildings The exact location of these sign installations are determined by the Project Manager Various offset type mountings are detailed in Signing Detailed Drawing No 619-18

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)

12 REMOVE FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 10 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 10: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Use appropriate sign mounting hardware included as a part of the other bid items on the contract for signs mounted on the overhead sign structure Assure a structure design provided as part of the plans has mounting as shown therein or an equal approved by the Department Submit ten copies of sign mounting details to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction for overhead sign structures designed by the contractor to meet the requirements set forth in the plans specifications and special provisions Submit ten copies of shop drawings for other structural components and sign mounting hardware to the Project Manager at least thirty calendar days before start of construction

C Construction Requirements Provide sign mountings capable of attaching the sign to the cross arm with structural adequacy and in a vertical position at the signrsquos designated location Assure the structural components and design of the sign mounting meet or exceed all requirements set forth in the ldquoStandard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs Luminaires and Traffic Signalsrdquo as published by AASHTO and any amendments thereto

D Measurement and Payment Payment for sign mounting hardware is absorbed in other bid items of the contract is full compensation for any additional miscellaneous hardware incidental items or equipment use required to install sign mounting hardware in an acceptable manner

TRSP18 Sidewalk Mounted Signs (Revised 8-17-11)

11 SIDEWALK MOUNTED SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-17-11)

A Description This work is the mounting of signs in a sidewalk and curb area

B Construction Requirements Assure signs to be mounted within city limits in a sidewalk and curb area have the specified clearances the post does not conflict with the main walking area of the sidewalk or with doorways or windows of adjacent buildings The exact location of these sign installations are determined by the Project Manager Various offset type mountings are detailed in Signing Detailed Drawing No 619-18

TRSP22 Remove Flexible Delineator (Initiated 1-1-03)

12 REMOVE FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 10 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 11: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

A Description Remove existing flexible delineators Flexible delineators so removed are the property of the Department of Transportation

B Basis of Payment The cost of flexible delineator removal is absorbed in other bid items of the project

TRSP25 Substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material (Revised 5-9-07)

13 SUBSTITUTION OF PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description This contract permits the substitution of Plastic Pavement Marking Material with a Hot Thermoplastic

B Materials and Construction Requirements Hot extruded hydrocarbon thermoplastic can be substituted where the contract specifies thermoplastic tape or precut words and symbols for use on asphalt pavement Place extruded thermoplastic into depressions as specified by the plans and ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo Special Provisions of this contract milled or sawn into the pavement surface Assure the top 30 mils (0762 mm) of the marking projects above the pavement surface and meets the following thickness requirements

Thickness of Inlaid Thermoplastic Markings

400 Mil (1016 mm) 275 Mil (6985 mm)

Word and symbols Median Borders

Crosswalks Continuous Centerline

Stop bars Dashed Centerline

8 (200 mm) White Lane Lines

Dashed Lane Lines

Dotted or Skip Lines Shoulder Lines

Revised 4172017 Page 11 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 12: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

C Measurement and Basis of Payment This work is paid for under ldquoReflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Materialrdquo bid item and includes all necessary resources to complete the item of work

TRSP30 Urban Reference Posts (Revised 11-09-10)

14 URBAN REFERENCE POSTS [619] (Revised 11-09-10)

A Description This work consists of placing theft-resistant reference posts in urban areas

B Materials and Construction Requirements Place reference posts located within corporate limits (or urban extensions when those boundaries have been established) on the roadway shoulder Place backndashtondashback signs located on two-lane highwaysstreets at the right shoulder in ascending order Assure that multi-lane highwaysstreets have a single sign in each direction placed on the shoulder facing approaching traffic The project will be reviewed by the Engineer when possible to identify suitable metal luminaire andor signal poles near planned locations of reference posts Assure that pressure-sensitive sheeting is affixed to those poles in a configuration of the appropriate reference post as detailed by Detailed Drawing No 619-32 Affix reference posts so mounted to poles so that they face oncoming traffic at the correct mounting height noted on project plans

To ensure success in mounting reference posts clean the pole surface to be utilized of all dirt oil and extraneous material to enhance a suitable bond between sign sheeting and pole Affix sheeting in a manner that minimizes air bubbles and wrinkles to the greatest extent possible and further pressed firmly in place to complete a secure bond

Erect reference posts in accordance with Detailed Drawing No 619-32 (except for mounting hardware) in the event signal or luminaire poles are not available for reference post mounting Assure that bolts used are vandal-resistant or use the 516 (81 mm) diameter bolt and jam threads after tightening

C Measurement and Payment Assure that measurement and payment of reference posts placed in this manner is in accordance with the standard specifications for signs (sheet aluminum ldquoIVrdquo)

Revised 4172017 Page 12 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 13: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP31 Reflective Barrier Delineation (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) (Revised 5-9-07)

15 REFLECTIVE BARRIER DELINEATION (Wood PostConcrete Barrier) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Assure reflective barrier delineation to be placed atop barrier rail or guardrail post meets specifications described herein

Space reflective barrier delineation as shown in the plans and attach to top of concrete barrier rail wood or concrete guardrail posts by means of compatible configuration and a manufacturer approved mastic Configuration is as specified herein

B Materials Assure physical properties of components meet or exceed the following requirements

BASEPANEL RIGID PVC COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37x10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements Provide reflectivity by a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs facing oncoming traffic Assure centerline or median mounted

Revised 4172017 Page 13 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 14: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

reflector tabs have reflective sheeting affixed with a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) each Design shown on plans refers to Detailed Drawing No 61934 for color and configuration Use reflective sheeting meeting specific intensity requirements listed in Section 704 of the Standard Specifications Assure angles formed between planes of reflectorized area and top of barrier or rail are 90deg 5deg when mounted

Use delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use flexible hinge of polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse base to the upright panel upon which reflectorized sheeting is attached

Use delineator units capable of withstanding multiple direct impacts and able to return to original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF to +150degF (-23degC to +66degC)

D Measurement Measurement of reflective barrier delineation is per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment at unit prices bid for reflective barrier delineators is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under this contract

TRSP31a Top Mounted Bridge Rail and Barrier Rail Delineation (Use T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) (Revised 5-9-07)

16 TOP MOUNTED BRIDGE RAIL AND BARRIER RAIL DELINEATION (Use on T101 or ldquoIrdquo Beam) [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description

1) Furnish and install reflective delineation to be placed atop bridge rail and on the side of concrete barriers which meet specifications described herein

2) Replace missing or damaged units in kind and attach them to the top of wide flange posts and on the side of concrete barrier rail following the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

B Materials Use components whose physical properties meet or exceed the following requirements

Revised 4172017 Page 14 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 15: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

BASEPANEL RIGID PVD COMPOUND

Specific Gravity 142

Izod Impact 1920 ftlbsin (1025 Nmmm) of notch

Tensile Strength 6800 psi (469 Mpa)

Modules of elasticity In tension 37 x 10 psi (2551 Gpa)

HINGE Polyurethanevinyl that combines elastomers and thermoplastics

Specific Gravity 124

Tensile Strength 3900 (260 Mpa)

Elongation 540

Tear Strength PLI 500

C Construction Requirements

1) Use a minimum 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) size reflective sheeting affixed to tabs which face oncoming traffic Use a minimum size of 3 x 3 (76 mm x 76 mm) per side reflective sheeting for centerline or median mounted reflective tabs Assure that the sheeting meets the intensity requirements of Section 704 Subsection K(2) of the Standard Specifications

2) Mount the reflector tab so that it forms a 90deg 5deg angle between the planes of the reflective area and the top of the rail

3) Provide top mounted bridge rail delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoUrdquo channel base for attachment to bridge I and W beam posts (the delineator may require minor trimming to allow an acceptable fit to smaller I and W beam posts) Provide concrete barrier delineator units consisting of an inverted ldquoTrdquo configuration for barrier rails wood and concrete guardrail posts Use a flexible hinge of Polyurethane vinyl extruded and bonded to fuse the base to the upright panel

Revised 4172017 Page 15 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 16: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

4) Use a delineator unit that can return to its original shape and position at temperatures between -10degF and +150degF (-23degC and +66degC) after withstanding multiple direct impacts

D Measurement Measure the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineation or Reflective Barrier Delineation per each installed

E Basis of Payment Payment for the Top Mounted Bridge Rail Delineator and Reflective Barrier Delineator is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP35 Remove and Reuse Historical Marker (Revised 5-9-07)

17 REMOVE AND REUSE HISTORICAL MARKER [619] (Revised 5-9-07)

A DescriptionRemove and reuse the historical markers at Station enspenspenspenspensp

B Construction Requirements

1) Remove and salvage existing sign hardware and any necessary supporting framework including headpiece

2) Remove existing rock base and sign posts

3) Dispose of removed rock base and sign posts to the satisfaction of the Engineer

4) Reuse the sign and any necessary supporting framework on new sign posts at a minimum of 42-feet (128 meters) from centerline

5) Stain post using heavy bodied oil based stain meeting the specified materials requirements Assure sign surface is clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Apply two (2) coats of stain without thinning

Mixing procedures for stain are as follows Pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 16 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 17: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can then intermix the remainder with the next can assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain with a brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (9 8 msup2 per liter) working stain into the wood surface providing a uniform stain distribution on the surface Stain must dry to the touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before applying a second coat Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

C Materials

1) Use S4S free of all sapwood air-dried heart redwood 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 43 m) posts

2) Use stain meeting the following requirements

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

D Measurement and Payment Include the cost for furnishing all labor materials tools new sign posts painting foundations additional sign hardware (if required) and equipment incidental to or necessary for the removal and disposal of existing rock base and sign posts and re-erection of that sign in the unit price bid for ldquoRemove and Reuse Historical Markerrdquo

Revised 4172017 Page 17 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 18: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TRSP36 Historic Marker Signing (Revised 5-1-09)

18 HISTORIC MARKER SIGNING [619] (Revised 5-1-09)

A Description This work consists of construction of a new historic marker with the sign posts and headpiece in accordance with these specifications and the design and dimensions as shown on the plans Sign legendheadpiece design is contained elsewhere within these special provisions Any deviation from text provided is cause for rejection of the sign

B Materials Make arrangements to purchase materials covered by this section of the specifications including

1) Wood

a) New S4S sign panel free of all sapwood air dried 125 (32 mm) thick vertical grain heart redwood with no loose knots and no knots exceeding 14 (64 mm) diameter

b) Use S4S post supports for sign panels free of all sapwood air dried heart redwood with 8 x 8 x 14 (200 mm x 200 mm x 42 m) dimension

c) Assure headpiece from which panel is hung is S4S select grade kiln dried fir with 3 x 10 x 11 (150 mm x 250 mm x 33 m) nominal dimension

2) Glue

Use plastic resin glue marine grade Use government specifications MMM-AA-188 Type II MIL-G-6803A GG-496 NN-P-5306 Type B and C

3) Dowels

Assure dowels are birch gluing type frac12 (127 mm) diameter x 6 (150 mm) in length

4) Stain

Use heavy bodied solid color based stain Navaho red in color

Revised 4172017 Page 18 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 19: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

TYPICAL ANALYSIS

Pigment 48-52

Prime 25-29

Extender 71-75

Vehicle 45-52

Resin Non-Volative 415-455

Solvent andor Additives 545-585

Viscosity 80-84 KU

Total Solids by Weight 70-74

WeightGallon (Liter) 1139 lb (137 kg)

5) Paint

Use white leaded exterior type gloss sign painterrsquos paint with an exterior primer coat

Use black industrial type paint with an exterior primer coat for hanging irons and attachment brackets After primer has been applied to silhouettes (if applicable) use black industrial type paint or a black enamel type sign painterrsquos paint

6) Fasteners

a) Use frac12 x 7 (127 mm x 1778 mm) carriage bolts with flat washers and nuts galvanized or zinc-coated for headpiece fasteners

b) Assure hanging iron fasteners are 38 x 2frac12 (95 mm x 635 mm) lag screws galvanized or zinc-coated

c) Use No 10 by 1 (25 mm) flathead wood screws galvanized or zinc-coated

7) Hanging Irons

Revised 4172017 Page 19 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 20: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

Use hanging irons made of 38 (95 mm) thick x 2 (50 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with detail drawings in the plans

8) Hanging Irons Attachment Bracket

Use attachment brackets of 316 (48 mm) thick x 1 (25 mm) wide flat steel with design and dimensions conforming with the detail drawings in the plans

9) Router Bits

Rout legend silhouettes and other unique markings on sign panels and headpieces with 316 veneer and core box bits

C Construction Requirements Construct sign panel of 1frac14 x 6 (102 mm x 152 mm) minimum width vertical grain redwood boards Drill holes for dowels 3frac14 (826 mm) deep with five holes per each side of the boards Center dowels equally between side faces Use a minimum of 25 dowels per panel with alignment staggered on each board Glue and dowel boards together After sign panel is routed cut panel to finished size of 6-0 x 4-0 (183 m x 122 m) with 3 (75 mm) radius corners Assure constructed sign panel conforms to design and dimensions as shown on the detail drawing

Rout silhouettes and other unique markings on the panel and headpiece The Department will provide the silhouette design upon request

Assure letter size style routing and workmanship on the panel conform to that of existing panels within the area A full size tracing of the new sign panel will be provided to the Department for future maintenance purposes The tracing will be made from butcher-type paper laid across the new routed sign panel and rubbed across with a charcoal crayon so an impression will be left on the paper

1) Painting Application

a) Paint letters with white leaded sign painterrsquos paint Apply three coats of paint one coat of exterior primer and two coats of exterior type gloss as specified in this special provision

b) Stain sign panel post and headpiece with heavy bodied oil based stain as specified in these special provisions Sign surface must be clean and dry free of dust oil or grease Two coats of stain as supplied by the manufacturer without thinning are required

c) Mixing procedures for stain are as follows pour top liquid into another can and stir remaining paste thoroughly using a wide paddle Pour top liquid slowly back into the can stirring continuously so liquid and pigments are mixed thoroughly To complete mixing pour from one can to another several times

Revised 4172017 Page 20 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 21: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

When using stain from more than one container use only about two-thirds of a can intermix the remainder with the next can thereby assuring a continuous and equal balance of pigment and oil Apply stain by brush at a rate of up to 400 sqft per gallon (981 msup2 per liter) to work stain into the wood surface and provide a more uniform stain distribution on the surface Assure stain dries to touch in two to four hours Allow stain to dry overnight before a second coating Apply stain or paint only when the ambient air temperature is between 65degF and 95degF (183degC and 35degC)

D Basis of Payment Pay for the sign support by the ldquoper eachrdquo sign location

TRSP41 Preformed Plastic Tape ndash Pavement Markings (Revised 5-9-07)

19 PREFORMED PLASTIC TAPE - PAVEMENT MARKINGS [714] (Revised 5-9-07)

A Description Where the plans specify plastic tape furnish and install retro reflective preformed patterned pavement markings in accordance with this provision and with dimensions and lines specified on the plans

B Materials Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to the driving surface by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive and a primer used to precondition the pavement surface

1) Use preformed patterned markings consisting of white or yellow films with ceramic beads incorporated throughout

2) Use flexible retro reflective pavement marking material made of high quality polymeric materials pigments and beads

3) Assure the patterned surface has approximately 50 percent of the surface area raised with the raised portion to be a minimum of 0065 (165 mm) thickness and the lower portion to be a minimum 002 (051 mm) thickness

4) Assure the initial reflectance for white and yellow pavement markings is as follows

Revised 4172017 Page 21 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 22: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

White Yellow

Entrance Angle 860deg ndash 865deg 860deg ndash 865deg

Observation Angle 02deg ndash 10deg 02deg ndash 10deg

Specific Luminance 1100 700 800 500

Readings per ASTM D4061

C Construction Requirements

1) Apply the markings in accordance with the manufacturerrsquos recommendations and in accordance with the MUTCD Do not apply markings after September 1 not before April 1 nor in adverse weather

2) Placement of these pavement markings will be as directed by the Engineer

3) Use primers to precondition the pavement surface Use primers of the type approved by the manufacturer

D Measurement Measure pavement markings in linear meters in-place for the specified width for longitudinal and transverse lines Pay for preformed pavement marking words and symbols by the square meter

E Basis of Payment Payment at the respective unit bid prices is at full compensation for necessary resources to complete the item of work under the contract

TRSP42 Structural Steel Sign Post (Behind Guardrail) (Revised 1-7-10)

20 STRUCTURAL STEEL SIGN POSTS (BEHIND GUARDRAIL) [704] (Revised 1-7-10)

Construct structural steel sign posts at locations protected by guardrail on foundation and base assemblies as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 Do not install the friction fuse plate and saw cut the post as shown in Detailed Drawing No 619-13 when the guardrail protects the structural steel sign

Revised 4172017 Page 22 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 23: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

supports A letter code ldquoXrdquo on the Sign Location and Specification sheet in the ldquoBreakawayrdquo column identifies the locations of structural steel supports covered by this provision

TRSP44 Pavement Markings (Plastic Removal) (Revised 8-8-06)

21 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PLASTIC REMOVAL) [620] (Revised 8-8-06)

A Description The work under this item is the removal of plastic pavement markings

B Construction Requirements Assure removal is done before seal and cover operations Repair damage to the plant mix surfacing by applying tack coat and grade ldquoCrdquo plant mix fines passing 4 sieve Compact the repaired surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer

C Measurement Measure plastic pavement marking removal by the linear foot for striping and by the square foot for plastic words and symbols

D Basis of Payment Include the cost of repairing the damaged surface in the cost of removal of 8 (200 mm) striping 24 (600 mm) striping and plastic words and symbols Payment is at the contract bid price for each item and includes all labor equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer

TRSP45 Temporary Traffic Striping (Revised 3-8-05)

22 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING [620] (Revised 3-8-05)

Do not use temporary striping which when removed results in the location of the temporary striping being visible as determined by the Project Manager Do not use sand blasting as a means of removing temporary traffic striping

Assure the temporary traffic striping meets the requirements as specified in Section 714 of the Standard Specifications

TRSP46 Disposal of Signs and Components (Initiated 1-1-03)

Revised 4172017 Page 23 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 24: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

23 DISPOSAL OF SIGNS AND COMPONENTS [619] (Initiated 1-1-03)

Existing signs or signing components including posts and hardware removed as a result of this project are the property of the enspenspenspenspensp Clear the work site of all excess signing components to present a neat and clean appearance at the completion of work dispose of removed signing material and transport salvageable material to the storage area designated by the owner as outlined herein No compensation is given by the Department of Transportation for the work required or storage facility necessary to accomplish this provision

TRSP47 Bicycle Detector Symbol (Revised 8-12-03)

24 BICYCLE DETECTOR SYMBOL [714] (Revised 8-12-03)

A Description

1) Furnish commercially available bicycle indication markings in the approximate shape and size shown in the plans

2) If the proposed markings differ in size andor shape as shown in the plans submit shop drawings to the Project Manager for approval in advance of the installation of the first markings

B Materials Assure preformed markings are 3M Stamark Tape Series 340 or equal as approved by the Project Manager and that the shape and size of the bicycle detection symbol conforms to the detail in the plan set or a commercially available equal approved by the Project Manager Use preformed markings consisting of white film with pigments selected and blended to conform to standard highway colors through the expected life of the film Incorporate ceramic and glass beads to provide immediate and continuing retro reflection Bond ceramic particles to the top urethane surface to provide skid resistance Assure the preformed markings are durable retro reflective pliant polymer markings designed for preformed longitudinal markings symbols and legends subject to low to medium traffic volumes and moderate wear conditions such as repeated shear action from crossover or encroachment on channelization lines

C Construction Requirements Use preformed markings capable of being adhered to asphalt cement concrete (ACC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC) by a pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive A primer can be used to precondition the pavement surface Assure the preformed markings film molds itself to pavement contours by the action of traffic Assure that following proper application and tamping the markings are immediately ready for traffic

Revised 4172017 Page 24 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 25: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

D Basis of Payment Payment at contract unit price is full compensation for necessary resources to complete the work

TRSP50 NonndashHighway Signs (Revised 8-12-03)

25 NON-HIGHWAY SIGNS [619] (Revised 8-12-03)

Signs exist within this project that are owned by the Bureau of Land Management The Project Manager will notify sign owners when signs are required to be removed and reset The sign owner is to re-erect the signs at an appropriate location with breakaway lateral clearances and mounting heights as required in the Montana Department of Transportation Detailed Drawings

TRSP51 School Crossing Sign AssemblyndashSheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (Fluorescent Yellow-Green) (Revised 10-05-11)

26 SCHOOL CROSSING SIGN ASSEMBLY-SHEET ALUMINUM REFLECTIVE SHEETING (FLUORESCENT YELLOW-GREEN) [704] (Revised 10-05-11)

A Description Where plans specify Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) the intended product is a sheet aluminum sign with flexible colored wide angle prismatic retroreflective sheeting designed to enhance the daynight visibility of traffic control signs

Assure retroreflective sheeting has a smooth surface with an interlocking seal pattern and datum orientation marks visible from the face Precoat sheeting with a pressure sensitive adhesive backing protected by a removal liner

B Sheeting Performance Requirements Assure that the sheeting meets the manufacturerrsquos specifications for ASTM Type IX Reflective Sheeting

C Construction Requirements Construct sign in accordance with these special provisions for sheeting and the standard specifications and details for Sheet Aluminum Signs

D Measurement Measure Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting by the square foot (square meter)

Revised 4172017 Page 25 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 26: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for Signs-Sheet Aluminum Reflective Sheeting (IX) is at the contract unit price per square meter Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item of work

TRSP53 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

27 Retroreflective Strips (ADDED 041717)

A Description Furnish and install new retroreflective strips on the sign supports at the locations shown in the contract

B Materials Furnish 4-inch (100 mm) wide Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective strips at the length shown in the contract Furnish strips matching the background color of the corresponding sign Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware in accordance with the Detailed Drawings and Section 704 or as specified by the retroreflective strip manufacture for the specified type of sign support

C Construction Requirements Affix retroreflective strip to sign support facing the same direction as the sign face at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3 inches (75 mm) of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the retroreflective strip so that the top of the retroreflective strip is within 1-inch (25 mm) of the bottom of the sign face Ensure the height of the bottom of the retroreflective strip is no more than 2 feet (06 m) above the adjacent edge of the roadway

D Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment Retroreflective strips of each type are measured and paid for by the each and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware complete in placePayment at the contract unit price is full compensation for resources necessary to complete the item of work in accordance with the contract

TRSP54 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

28 PANEL DELINEATORS (Added 041717)

A Description Remove existing reflectors andor install new delineation with retroreflective delineation panels from Reference Post (RP) XX to Reference Post (RP) YY

Revised 4172017 Page 26 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 27: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

B Materials Furnish u-channel post materials in accordance with Detail Drawing No 619-34 Furnish 3rdquo x 36rdquo Type IV sheet aluminum retroreflective delineation panels in place of the reflectors shown on Detail Drawing No 619-34 provide panels matching the colors and orientation of the reflectors based on the corresponding Design Usage shown Use bolts nuts washers and other mounting hardware shown meeting the requirements of Detail Drawing No 619-34 and Section 704

C Construction Requirements See Detail Drawing No 619-36 for delineator layout Affix delineator panels to u-channels at a minimum of three locations with attachment points within 3rdquo of the top middle and bottom of each panel Affix the panel so that the top of the panel is within 1rdquo of the top of the U-Channel

D Measurement and Basis of Payment Panel Delineators of each type specified are measured by the unit and include the retroreflective panel(s) mounting hardware and post complete in place Removal of existing delineators is not measured for payment

E Quantities

Panel Delineator Design XX YY each

TRSP55 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

29 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of concrete barrier rails

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 6 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto a structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 2 panels per section of concrete barrier rail Prepare

the concrete barrier to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount maximum distance of 2 inches from

Revised 4172017 Page 27 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 28: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

the top edge of the standard concrete median barrier Mount the panels at the same height above the roadway on both standard and tall barrier rail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-WHITE XX EACH

DELINEATION-LINEAR-BARRIER-YELLOW XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

TRSP56 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

30 LINEAR DELINEATION SYSTEM ndash GUARDRAIL (W BEAM METAL GUARDRAIL) (Added 041717)

A Description The intended product is for the linear reflectorization of W-Beam metal Guardrail barrier

B Materials Provide a product that is white or yellow in color and produces retro-reflection and high visibility across a very wide range of entrance and observation angles Provide panels that are 34 inches long by 15 inches high Provide a product that meets one of the following

Fabricate the panels from Diamond Grade Reflective Sheeting laminated onto a thin gauge aluminum and formed to a unique shape or

Bond an angular retro-reflective coating onto the structural substrateC Construction Requirements Install 4 panels per 25rsquo section of metal guardrail with 41rdquo

spacing between panels Prepare the metal guardrail to ensure proper fastening prior to installation per manufacturer recommendations Install linear delineation as per manufacturer installation procedures and requirements Mount the panels in the inside middle groove on the W-Beam metal guardrail

D Method of Measurement Linear delineation is measured per each panel installed and accepted

Revised 4172017 Page 28 of 29

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29

Page 29: BR201 - Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Web viewDesign and inspect this structure to meet the current AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway

TRAFFIC SIGNING SPECIAL PROVISIONS

BINDER COPY

E Basis of Payment Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is measured under the following

PAY ITEM PAY UNITDELINEATION-LINEAR-WHITE-W-BEAM XX EACHDELINEATION-LINEAR-YELLOW-W-BEAM XX EACH

Payment at the contract unit price is full compensation for all resources necessary to complete the item work under the contract

Revised 4172017 Page 29 of 29